Nokia E72 UG Ar

‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia E72‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪5.1‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ NOKIA CORPORATION‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ‪ RM-530‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ‪ 1999/5/EC‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.http://www.nokia.com/phones/declaration_of_conformity /‬‬
‫© ‪ Nokia 2011‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Nokia‬ﻭ‪ Nokia Connecting People‬ﻭ‪ Eseries‬ﻭ‪ Nokia E72‬ﻭ‪ Navi‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Nokia Corporation‬ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Nokia tune‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫‪ .Corporation‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ .Nokia‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﺞ ‪ Nokia‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱٍّ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.Java and all Java-based marks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺮﺧﺺ ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ‪ MPEG-4 Visual Patent Portfolio License‬ﻟـ )‪ (i‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ MPEG-4 Visual‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ)‪ (ii‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ MPEG-4‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺮﺧﺺ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻷﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ .MPEG LA ،LLC‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪.http://www.mpegla.com‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱٍّ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺧﺼﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ "ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺮﺧﺼﻲ ‪.Nokia‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻜًﺎ ﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟـ ‪ Nokia‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ‪ Nokia‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ‪ Nokia‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ‪ Nokia‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺮﻳﺤًﺎ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﻴًﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍءً ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼءﻣﺘﻪ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ‪ Nokia‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳُﻄﻠَﺐُ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺖ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ‪ .FCC‬ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪ (١) :‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﺿﺎﺭًّﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ)‪ (٢‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒﻞ ‪ Nokia‬ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪/‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪AR 5.1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‪١٨.............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪٨......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪١٩......................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪٨...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ‪٢٠.....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪٩...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪٢٠......................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪٩...............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ "‪٢٠................................................."Nokia Switch‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪١٠....................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢١..................................................................................Nokia Ovi Suite‬‬
‫‪٢٢......................................................................................Ovi by Nokia‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪١١..............................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪٢٢...................................................................................Ovi‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪١١..................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪١١.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪٢٣...................................................... Nokia E72‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪١٢................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪٢٣..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪١٣.....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪٢٤...............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪١٣................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪٢٥...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪١٣.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪٢٥..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪١٤...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪٢٦.............................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٤....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪٢٦...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪٢٨...............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‪١٥.........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪٢٩.......................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪١٥..............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪٣٠.................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٦.........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٧........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪٣٠......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪١٧....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪٣٠..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪١٧.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪٣٠.........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪١٨...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪٥١....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪٣١...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪٥١.....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‪٣١................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪٥٢...................................................... LAN‬‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪٣٢.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪٥٤......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪٣٢..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪٥٤...............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪٣٢...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪٥٥...............................................................................Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪٣٢..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪٥٨....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪٣٣.................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪٥٨............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪٣٤................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪٥٩.......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٣٤...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٣٥..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪٦٠...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‪٣٥.....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪٦٠.....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٣٦.................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪٦٠....................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪٣٨...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪٦١.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪٦١...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪٣٩....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪٦٢..................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪٣٩..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪٦٢............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪٤٠...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪٦٢................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪٤٠....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ‪٦٣....................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪٤١...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪٦٣.....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪٤٤.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪٦٣...................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪٤٤..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪٦٣.......................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪٤٤..................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪٤٨......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪٦٥..............................Nokia‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪٤٨..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪٦٥..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪٤٩....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪٦٦............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪٦٦.....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪٥١...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪٨٤.............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪٦٧.........................................................................Quickoffice‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‪٨٤...........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‪٦٧..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪٨٥.............................................................................‬‬ ‫‪) Zip manager‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ(‪٦٨.................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪٨٥...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ‪٦٨........................................................................................... PDF‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪٨٦.......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪٦٨..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪٨٦....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪٦٩............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٨٦.................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ‪٧٠.......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪٨٧............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪٧٠................................................(GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪٨٧...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪٧٠.......................................(GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪٨٧..............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪٧١.............................(A-GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪٩٠...........................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪٧١.....................................................GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٩٢.................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪٧٢.....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪٩٧......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪٧٢..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪٩٩..............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٧٣.........................................................................................GPS‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪١٠١...........................................................................RealPlayer‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪٧٣.........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ‪١٠٢.............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪١٠٢................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪٧٤...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪١٠٣......................................................................................... FM‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪٧٤...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪١٠٤........................................................................Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪٧٥................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪٧٧..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪١٠٦........................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪٧٨........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪١٠٦......................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪٧٩..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٠٦.......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪٨٠..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ‪١٠٧...........................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‪٨٣..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪١٠٨................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪١٠٨...............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪٨٣..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪١٠٩...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪١١٠.................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪١١١.............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪١١٣........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪١١٤.............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ VPN‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪١١٤.....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪١١٦....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻡ‪١١٦.........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪١١٩...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪١٢١..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪١٢٨............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪١٢٩...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪١٢٩........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪١٣١............................‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪١٣٤..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪١٣٤..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪١٣٤..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪١٣٥....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪١٤١.................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﺟﺎﻓًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭﻻً‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ UMTS‬ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ‪ 900‬ﻭ‪ 1900‬ﻭ‪ 2100‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ GSM‬ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ 850‬ﻭ‪ 900‬ﻭ‪ 1800‬ﻭ‪ 1900‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺠﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪) Symbian Signed‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،(Symbian‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﺎﺯﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ™‪ .Java Verified‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻇﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ Nokia‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ‪ SSL) WAP 2.0‬ﻭ ‪ (HTTP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧُﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺴﺠﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋًﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (DRM‬ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋًﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫‪٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ WMDRM 10‬ﻭ‪ .OMA DRM 2.0‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (DRM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ OMA DRM‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪ OMA DRM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ WMDRM‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻞٍّ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺮﺓً ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ < ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋِﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺯِﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﻼ ﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ .www.nokia.com/repair‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴًﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺪِّﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ"‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫"‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.www.nokia.com/softwareupdate‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ < ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﻱ ﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪِّﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪ Nokia‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜِّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺫﻭ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻭﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﻣﻄﻮﺭﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PUK‬ﺃﻭ ‪.PUK2‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪ Ovi‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PUK‬ﺃﻭ ‪ PUK2‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻈﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ‪.PIN2‬‬ ‫‪ .store.ovi.com‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬ ‫)‪ ٨‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ(‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ www.nokia.com/support‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪IMEI‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﻭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬
‫)‪ ١٥‬ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ IMEI‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪.*#06#‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪ (MMS‬ﻭ‪GPRS‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ )ﺭﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ(‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺳﺮﻳًﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ‪ PIN2‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٨‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ Nokia Care‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ(‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭٍ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .3G‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ‪.GSM‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻃﻔﺎء ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ <‬ ‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ < ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻼً ﺑﺄﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ( ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً ﻓﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ ،(GPRS‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﻄﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ .sisx‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .sis‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ( ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌُﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ" ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ UICC SIM‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ‪ UICC‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ( ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SIM‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣُﺪﺧﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .SIM‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ microSD‬ﻭ‪ microSDHC‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻄﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻄﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣُﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ؟‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ .12345‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﻏﻄﺎء ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Nokia Care‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ!‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﻥ؛ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻉ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺤﻦ ‪ ،USB‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺑﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬ ‫‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪ .USB‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﻃﻘﻢ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ™‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ(‬
‫‪ — 5‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ — 6‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ — 7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ — 8‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ — 9‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫‪ — 10‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ — 11‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ — 12‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬

‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ — 5‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺃ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪Shift‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ‪Sym‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 5‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ — 6‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫"‪"Nokia Switch‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia‬ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﻗﺮِﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻷﺣﺪ‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻷﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 16 -1‬ﺣﺮﻑ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻷﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪.Sym‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ C:\Nokia‬ﺃﻭ ‪ E:\Nokia‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺜﻼً‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫‪Nokia Ovi Suite‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ؛ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫‪Ovi by Nokia‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "‪ ،"Ovi by Nokia‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ،Ovi Suite‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ‪ Microsoft Windows XP (SP2‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭ ‪Windows Vista (SP1‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫)ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪.Apple Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ ،Ovi Suite‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.nokia.com/support‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ "‪ Ovi‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪ" ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪Nokia Ovi Suite‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Nokia E72‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ .USB‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ "‪ ،"Ovi by Nokia‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪ ،www.ovi.com‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ Windows‬ﻛﻘﺮﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.ovi.com‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪.Ovi Suite‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪Ovi‬‬ ‫‪ .٥‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪ ،Ovi‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺛﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻚ ﺍﻻﺋﺘﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪ Ovi‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia E72‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﻭﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻭﻗﻚ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia Eseries‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪.Quickoffice‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia E72‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺘﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﺍﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﺑﻘﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺑﺄﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻱ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺗﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia E72‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺋﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ؛ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺜﻼً‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﻡ‪.‬ﻟﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻭﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻟﺜﻮﺍﻥٍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺒﻂء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻟﺜﻮﺍﻥٍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ — ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪Navi‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗُﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﻗﺖٍ ﻣﺤﺪﺩٍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺻﻔًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺷﻲء ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗُﻈﻬﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻸﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ <‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ < ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ <‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ <‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ <‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء < ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ < ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء <‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮَﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء"‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ <‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء < ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻸﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ < ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ"‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ"‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ <‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨًﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺭﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ +) +‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ )ﺍﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ( ﻭﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪)MMS‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪3G‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪) DTMF‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ .DTMF‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪ DTMF‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ )‪ (w‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ )‪ ,(p‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ *‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞٍ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪ DTMF‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻞ ‪ DTMF‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،١‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﻓﺾ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻹﺑﻼﻏﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ <‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،(9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﻃﻠﺐ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،٢‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ < ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ <‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺣﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ — ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ — ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ؛ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ — ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ — ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ — ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ — ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ — ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ — ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻡ — ﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻟﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ < ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻈﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ < ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ؛ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﻀﺎﻫﺎﺓ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻚ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ USIM‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .3G‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ؛ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ‪ .ISDN‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ <‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺑﺪء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ١٠‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻼﺳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻤًﺎ ﺑﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ؟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ <‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫‪.3G‬‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪ .(SIP‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫< ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .3G‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﱡﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 3G‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪) username@domainname‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ 3G‬ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .3G‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 3G‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪3G‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ 3G‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻼً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .3G‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.3G‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ 3G‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ‪ 3G‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞٍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢٍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﻄﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ < ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳُﺸﻌﺮﻙ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ SIP‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃًﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴُﺼﺪﺭ ﺭﻧﻴﻨًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.SIP‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،UMTS‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻣﻚ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ — ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ — ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﺘﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺠﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻚ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ <‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء — ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ — ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺢ — ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺷﺤًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺼﻘﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ < ﻧﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Nokia E72‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺺ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ < ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ < ﺹ‪.‬ﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺪء‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃُﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Mail for‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺮﺯ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺮﺯ ﺣﺴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪.Exchange‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ; ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Cc‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (Bcc‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (Bcc‬ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ،Mail for Exchange‬ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ‪ IT‬ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ — ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ — ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ — ﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ — ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮَ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻼء ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﻢ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ ،(To‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ < ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ — ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ — ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ — ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣُﻠﻐﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺎﻟﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻂٍ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﻮِ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ — ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻃﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻧﺺ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪ (MMS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﺺ < ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪.(MMS‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ <‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪.(MMS‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ <‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ < ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ < ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ < ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ sym‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪ ،(MMS‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ "ﺇﻟﻰ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺺ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺼﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳُﺤﺪّ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ ،MP4‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .SIM‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ ،SIM‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ MMS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ < MMS‬ﺣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱِّ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪًﺍ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪ .٥‬ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ < ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‪,‬‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐّﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ (GPRS‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪) UMTS‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ( )ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ <‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ )ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ‪ (USSD‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺸﻞ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛـ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑـ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )‪ (GPRS‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ — MMS‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻛﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ — ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ < ﺁﻟﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻈﻞ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﻧﻈﺮًﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮًﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ — ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ — ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﺈﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ — ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻬﺎ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﻣُﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻋﻤًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ؛ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻄﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪ (IAP‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(؛ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻲ ‪ GSM‬ﻭ‪ .3G‬ﻳﺸﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ GPRS‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM.‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ GSM‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ GSM‬ﻭ‪ ،UMTS‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3G‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،UMTS‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪,‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN.‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3G‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪ MMS‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .WLAN‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ WLAN‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .WLAN‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻً ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .WLAN‬ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴُﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺎً‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ )‪ (MCN‬ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ,WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪IEEE 802.11b/g‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 2.4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،WLAN‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ‪ WEP‬ﻭ‪ WPA/WPA2‬ﻭ‪ .802.1x‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،WLAN‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،WLAN‬ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ *#62209526#‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻺﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪ (IAP‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﺪء ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪،IAP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫)‪، SSID‬ﻣُﻌﺮِّﻑ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ( ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .WLAN‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .WLAN‬ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺋﻚ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪ WLAN‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪) WLAN‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ — WLAN‬ﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ *#62209526#‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ *#62209526#‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.MAC‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN:‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪ WLAN,‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻐﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻢ‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﺪﺍﻩ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻗﺪﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜِّﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪ Bluetooth 2.0 + EDR‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪Advanced Audio Distribution، Audio Video Remote :‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫‪Control، Basic Imaging، Basic Printing، Dial-up Networking، File‬‬ ‫ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪Transfer، Generic Access، Hands-free، Headset، Human Interface‬‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .Device، Object Push، Phone Book Access، SIM Access، Serial Port‬ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﻔﻼً‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ‬
‫‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﻃﻮﺍﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ — Bluetooth‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ — ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮًﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻞ‪.‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻷﻥ‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ < ﺑـ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪.Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ — ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﻢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ < Bluetooth‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ < ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻧًﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻻ ﺗﺜﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻻً‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻤﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ )‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 16‬ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻼً ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻓﻘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛـ "ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ" — ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺷﺨﺼًﺎ ﺗﺜﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪.Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛـ "ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ" — ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻈﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻈﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻈﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻈﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻈﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﻀﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ"‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﻌًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 16‬ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ" ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻃﻘﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ" ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪SIM‬‬
‫‪ (Windows‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ" ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.PC Suite‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪ ،Ovi Player‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪ USB‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ <‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪،USB‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.PC Suite‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ ،Ovi Suite‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪.www.ovi.com‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﱠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎءﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪(UPnP‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻣُﺼﺪﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ .(DLNA‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻣُﺼﺪﱠﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،DLNA‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (UPnP‬ﻣﻤﻜﱠﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒِِﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (UPnP‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ DLNA‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺼﺪﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ —‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ <‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻌﺒﻲ )‪ (HTML‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻌﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﺔ )‪ (XHTML‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(WML‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣُﻬَﻴﺄﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﻪ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ < ﺣﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪0‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﺃﻭ ‪.#‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ — ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﻸﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ — ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ" ﻭﺗﻈﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ — ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .8‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮًﺍ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ — ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ — ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ XML‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ" ﺃﻭ "ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ" ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬
‫ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺘﺢ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ" ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦١‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ <‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ "ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ"‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍً‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺔ — ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ < ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺺ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ؟ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ"‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪ .Nokia‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫‪٦٢‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫( ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺸﻔﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﺁﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ؛ ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ < ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ "‪) "Expired certificate‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ( ﺃﻭ "‪) "Certificate not valid yet‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺜﻖ ﺑﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻓﻌﻼً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ < ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ — ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍً — ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍً ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫)‪ .org‬ﺃﻭ ‪، .com‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ — ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ — ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﺺ ‪ Java‬ﺃﻭ ‪ — ECMA‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ‪ Java‬ﺃﻭ ‪ — ECMA‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ — ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼً ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻌﱠﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺻﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻛﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ < ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ < ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ < ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ =‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﻗﻢ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ <‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ — ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ < ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ — ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ — ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Quickoffice‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪Quickoffice‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ‪.Quickoffice‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Quickoffice‬ﻣﻦ ‪ Quickword‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ ،Microsoft Word‬ﻭ‪ Quicksheet‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪،Microsoft Excel‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ Quickpoint‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ‪ Microsoft PowerPoint‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ Quickmanager‬ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Office 2000‬ﻭ‪ XP‬ﻭ‪ 2003‬ﻭ‪PPT) 2007‬ﻭ ‪XLS‬ﻭ ‪ DOC‬ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ .Quickoffice‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Quickoffice‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ < ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫)ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ( ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‬ ‫‪) Zip manager‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ‪.Zip‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺭﺷﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ ،ZIP‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ — ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ,‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻳﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻳﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ١٢٨‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ — ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ‪PDF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ < ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ‪.Adobe PDF‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ‪ ،PDF‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪PDF‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.USB‬‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ <‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ < USB‬ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻴﻒ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .PictBridge‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪.JPEG‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ" ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ )‪ TXT‬ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ — ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ — ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻐﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺪء ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪ (GPS‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪،A-GPS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻸﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ A-GPS‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻀﻌﻒ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ ،A-GPS‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪،GPS‬‬ ‫‪ GPS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ < ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ < ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﺯ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪ .WGS-84‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪ A-GPS‬ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪(A-GPS‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪.(A-GPS‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (A-GPS‬ﺩﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (A-GPS‬ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺜﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﺒًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺳﻴﺌًﺎ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﺐ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ — ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ <‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺜﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪.WGS-84‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ — ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫•‬
‫)ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﺜﻼً(‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪GPS‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻓﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺯﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺪء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ — ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﺯ — ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (A-GPS‬ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺭﺣﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤًﺎ ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — Bluetooth GPS‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺮﺣﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ < ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ,‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﺒًﺎ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻚ ﻭﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪."Ovi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫‪٧٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪ .Nokia‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ )ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺳﻜﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﻒ ﻣﺜﻼً(‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪًﺍ‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻣًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺄﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.0‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،1‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﺃﻭ ‪.#‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ — ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻮﺭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ — ﺃﺩِﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.ovi.com‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺃﻭ ‪A-‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﺃﻭ ‪ WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪ (GPS‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪GPS‬‬ ‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (A-GPS‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪GPS‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺩﻗﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،GPS‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﻥٍ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍ ﺑﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ A-GPS‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪ (GPS‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻄﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺣﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻸﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻀﻌﻒ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ GPS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺠﺎء ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺪﻕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ < ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬

‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻃﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ Ovi‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ "Ovi‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.ovi.com‬‬
‫‪.www.ovi.com‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎء‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Facebook‬ﻣﻊ ﻧﺺ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Facebook‬ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺼﺪﻳﻘﻚ —‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪.Facebook‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Nokia‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Facebook‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ Ovi‬ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻹﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ "‪ Ovi‬ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪.Nokia‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Facebook‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ < ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ <‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ .Ovi‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﻓﺴﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫‪.Facebook‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ < ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ — ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Facebook‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫‪ Facebook‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻚ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻚ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮًﺍ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺑﺼﻮﺕٍ ﻋﺎﻝٍ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ <‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Nokia‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ — 1‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪/‬‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺰﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺳﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ — ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺰﻝﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣُﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺭﺣﻠﺘﻚ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻛﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺰﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ — ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ < ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ < ﺷﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﻴﺪًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ — ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ < ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ < ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﱠﻦ — ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ < ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ < ﻣُﺤﺴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﱠﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺇﺿﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﺜﻼً ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﺃﻭ ‪.#‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.0‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬
‫ﻹﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .6‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.8‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.3‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﻔﺎء ﻃﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻭﻻً‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ؛ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻭﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻌًﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻌًﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ" ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟـ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .SIM‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ ،SIM‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﺙ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ "ﻋﺎﻡ" ﻭ"ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ" ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ — ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻗًﺎ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬًﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ — ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ™‪.Java‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟـ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺭﻧﻴﻨًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫‪٨٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ <‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ — ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ — ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ < ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺪﻯ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ؛ ﻭﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺃﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ (D-3‬ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪ < 3-D‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ <‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤُﻄﺒﱠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ‪ ١٩٤٤ × ٢٥٩٢‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪٨٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٢٥‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻼً‬
‫ﺯﻣﻨﻴًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٨‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ < ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ"‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ — ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ — ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ — ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ — ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ — ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻛﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻂ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ — ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻻً؛ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ — ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫•‬ ‫)ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ — ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ — ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ‪ ،OCIF‬ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ 3GPP‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪ ٢٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ MPEG-4‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫•‬
‫— ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫— ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬ ‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻚ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ( ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺠﻴﻢ )‪ (SVG‬ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )‪ (SWF‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ SVG‬ﺑﻤﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﻧﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .5‬ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.0‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﺃﻭ ‪.9‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ *‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ؛‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞٍ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ — ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻚ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ( ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﻧﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ < ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ — ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺫﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻔﻴًّﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ‪ DRM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪٩٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻛﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺪءًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ"‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ"‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ — ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ — ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﺑﺠﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ < ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻼءﻣﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ <‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪ ,‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ *‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ ,‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻭ ‪.0‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼً ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﻲ ‪ .3gp‬ﻭ‪ .mp4‬ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ .aac‬ﻭ‪ .amr‬ﻭ‪ .mp3‬ﻭ‪ ..wav‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻣﺞ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،PictBridge‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺺ — ﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ" ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ؛ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻼءﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔٍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ" ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ .jpeg‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.jpeg.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻺﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻔًﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃُﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺳﺠِّﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻚ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻺﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺐ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٧‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٨‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺷﻴﻘًﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺑﻐﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ < ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ < ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺗﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑًﺎ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ < ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )‪ ٧٦٨ × ١٠٢٤‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ( ﺃﻭ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ )‪× ٦٤٠‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٠‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ AAC‬ﻭ‪ AAC+‬ﻭ‪eAAC+‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ MP3‬ﻭ‪ .WMA‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳًّﺎ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ < ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻹﺭﺟﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪Ovi‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪ ،Ovi‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Ovi Suite‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪ ،Ovi‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.www.ovi.com‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪ RealPlayer‬ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،USB‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .USB‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺪﻓﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Windows Media Player‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ‪ MPEG-4‬ﻭ‪) MP4‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ( ﻭ‪ 3GP‬ﻭ‪ RV‬ﻭ‪ RA‬ﻭ‪ AMR‬ﻭ‪ .Midi‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ PC Suite‬ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪ RealPlayer‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪ USB‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣُﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣُﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻄًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪ RealPlayer‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣُﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ‪ rtsp:// URL‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ‪ http:// URL‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ .RAM‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔً ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪RealPlayer‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪RealPlayer‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ‪.RealPlayer‬‬
‫‪١٠١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪RealPlayer‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﺪﱠﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ‪.RealPlayer‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪ RealPlayer‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﺑﻄﻴﺌًﺎ؛ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪.GPRS‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫‪١٠٢‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ — ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ — ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ <‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪.FM‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻔًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ — ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫)ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ — ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ؛ ﻭﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻪ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪) Nokia‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬ ‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪ .WLAN‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺒﺚ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪.Nokia‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺚ‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺟًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﺤﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺛﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ — GPRS‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪GPRS‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ — 3G‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪3G‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ — Wi-Fi‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪١٠٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ <‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ < SIM‬ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ < ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٢٠-٥‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﺮﺓً ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪.١٢٣٤٥‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻛﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ < ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .SIM‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪ ٤‬ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ < ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٨‬ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪١٠٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ‪ Nokia Care‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ — ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ < ﺣﺬﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ — ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ — ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ <‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ < SIM‬ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SIM‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻣﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭًﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN2‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺒﻨﻚ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪.PIN2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ — ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ — ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ — SIM‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء — ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻭﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪١٠٨‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ — ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺛﻮﻕ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ — ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪ — ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ — ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤُﺼﺪﺭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ — Symbian‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Symbian‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ — ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Java‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺛﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ <‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ <‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ "‪) "Expired certificate‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ( ﺃﻭ "‪) "Certificate not valid yet‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺜﻖ ﺑﺤﻖ‬
‫‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻓﻌﻼً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺒﺪء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ"‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ‪ http‬ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ .http‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪١١٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻄﻠَﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ .sis‬ﺃﻭ ‪..sisx‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Java‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪Symbian‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ Signed‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﺎﺯﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ™‪.Java Verified‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣُﻮَﺭِّﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣُﺼﻨِّﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ JME‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Java‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .jad‬ﺃﻭ ‪.jar‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Symbian‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .sis‬ﺃﻭ ‪.sisx‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻷﺣﺪ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ,‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ JAR‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ .Java‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Nokia Application‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪ Installer‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪Nokia Ovi Suite‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ ،JAR‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﻮَﺭِّﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣُﺼَﻨّﻌَﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ <‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪ Symbian‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ — ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ .sis‬ﻭ‪ (.sisx‬ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Java‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ .sis‬ﻣﻠﺤﻘًﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺮﺓً ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ — ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ — ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ — ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (DRM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ OMA DRM‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﺍء ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ OMA DRM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ WMDRM‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻞٍّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺤﻖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ )‪ (VPN‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ‪ VPN‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ .(IPSec‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ IPSec‬ﻫﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ IP‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ )‪ (VPN‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻼً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻶﺧﺮ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜِّﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،VPN‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ‪) VPN‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻞٍّ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫)‪(VPN‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ — VPN‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ — VPN‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ VPN‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ‪Nokia Security Service Manager‬‬
‫)‪ ،(NSSM‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﻌﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﺒًﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ ‪ — VPN‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ‪.VPN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ‪) VPN‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ( ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪١١٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ‪VPN‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﻛﻞﱞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫)‪ (VPN‬ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪) VPN‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ‪) IT‬ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺘﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄًﺎ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ‪) VPN‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻙ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ‪ — VPN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪) VPN‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ( ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪) VPN‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔً ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔً‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ( ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﱠﺰ ‪) SecurID‬ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ( ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،ACE/Server‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ — ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.GPS‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ < ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ < ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ < ﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ < ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ — ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ — ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻮﺍء ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ — ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﺾ ﺑﺒﻂء ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺽ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﻮﻣﺾ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻚ ﺑﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻡ‪.‬ﻟﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻤﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬًﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻡ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ — SIM‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ — ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ DRM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ — ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ٥‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥٍ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ <‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ < SIM‬ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ .PIN‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٨‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍء < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻓﻘًﺎ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PUK‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ < SIM‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ <‬ ‫‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ < SIM‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ < ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ < ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ < SIM‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪ .12345‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٥‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻞٍّ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻞٍّ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ < ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ <‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ — ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ — ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺣﻈﺮ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٣٣‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬
‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻲ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﻦ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ،٢‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ — ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻹﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ؛ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻧﺸﻐﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪.PIN2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء — ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ — ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭًﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻀﻚ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﺃﻭ ‪ UMTS‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻚ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ — ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .GSM‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜِّﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ UMTS‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻲ ‪ GSM‬ﻭ‪ ،UMTS‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ — SIP‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪ (SIP‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ — XDM‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ .XDM‬ﻳُﻌﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ XDM‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳًﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ )‪،(MCN‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ — ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ‪ — APN‬ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ — Bluetooth‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬ ‫‪ — USB‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ — ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ — VPN‬ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫(‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ )‬
‫ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻛﻤﻮﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪SIP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢١‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،WLAN‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ < ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻸ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ * ﺣﻤﺮﺍء‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﻖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻙ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ — WLAN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ — ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ — WLAN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً؛ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .WLAN‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ — WLAN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ‪ ,WEP :‬ﺃﻭ ‪٨٠٢.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ,١x‬ﺃﻭ ‪) .WPA/WPA2‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ‪ ،802.1x‬ﻭ‪ WPA/WPA2‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ (.‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ ،WEP‬ﻭ‪ ،802.1x‬ﻭ‪ WPA‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ IP‬ﻟـ( — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ — DNS‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ IP‬ﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ DNS‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ‪ — 4‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ IP‬ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ DNS‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ‪ — 6‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.DNS‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ )ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ — .‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ )ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ ١١-١‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ( ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‪.‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫‪١٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪(GPRS‬‬
‫‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ GPRS‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .GSM‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ GSM‬ﻭ‪ ،UMTS‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ *#62209526#‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.MAC‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﻮﺩﻡ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳُﻮﺻَﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ < ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ < ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ WEP‬ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ‪ — RTS‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ )‪ (WEP‬ﺑﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪WEP‬‬ ‫ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WEP‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ‪ — TX‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪ ،WEP‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ — ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،ad-hoc‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪.WEP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺴّﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ WEP‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳُﻀﻌِﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(WLAN‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ — WEP‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪.WEP‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪WEP‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،ad-hoc‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪.WEP‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ WEP‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ‪ — WEP‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ — WEP‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ WEP‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ ASCII‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺖ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ — WEP‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪. WEP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪802.1x‬‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ٨٠٢.١x‬ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪ ٨٠٢.١x‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ‪WEP‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ — WPA/WPA2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) EAP‬ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ( ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪LAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ EAP‬ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪< WPA/WPA2‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ,EAP‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ EAP‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﻟﺤﺎﻕ )‪ (EAP‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً — ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪< WPA/WPA2‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪ EAP‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ ‪EAP‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮّﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻣﻤﻜﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪) EAP‬ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﻟﺤﺎﻕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪WPA‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ WPA/WPA2‬ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪EAP‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪ ,EAP‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ — WPA/WPA2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) EAP‬ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ( ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ WLAN‬ﻛﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ٨٠٢.١x‬ﺃﻭ ‪ WPA/WPA2‬ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ < EAP < WPA/WPA2 < WLAN‬ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ EAP‬ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪< WPA/WPA2‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ EAP‬ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ,EAP‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ EAP‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪EAP‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً — ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪< WPA/WPA2‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪ EAP‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ ‪ WLAN‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮّﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ WPA2‬ﻓﻘﻂ — ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ TKIP‬ﻭ‪AES‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪ EAP‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬ ‫)ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ AES‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪ ،EAP‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫‪١٢٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪ ،EAP‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﻡ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪.EAP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪.(SIP‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺿﺒﻂ ‪.SIP‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪ (SIP‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ SIP‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪SIP‬‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،SIP‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ < ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ ﻟﺠﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒَﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪SIP‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺿﺒﻂ ‪.SIP‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪.SIP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ IETF‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Nokia 3GPP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪١٢٧‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ،UDP‬ﺃﻭ ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪.TCP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪.APN‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ < ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN2‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ،UDP‬ﺃﻭ ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪.TCP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺬﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ‪Sym‬‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‪(9–2‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪Ctrl‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻧﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ctrl + C‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺼﻖ ﻧﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ctrl + V‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺺ ﻧﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ctrl + X‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪#‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ctrl + A‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬

‫‪١٢٩‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪K‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﻭء ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭء ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪U‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺮﺯ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪W‬‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻃﻴّﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Z‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬
‫‪١٣٠‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪W‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ؟‬ ‫‪.www.nokia.com/support‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﻤﺔ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PUK‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻲ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪ .12345‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻴﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PUK‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻱٍ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻚ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬؟‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎء‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ( ﻹﻏﻼﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻗﺪﻣًﺎ( ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺿﺒﺎﺑﻴﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪١٣١‬‬
‫‪ < Bluetooth‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؟‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ‪ HTTP/ HTTPS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻣُﻌﺮّﻑ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ )‪ .(SSID‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ SSID‬ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ‪ SSID‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬؟ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ <‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ <‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ ‪ ١٢‬ﻭ‪١٣‬؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻗﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺑًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ؟‬ ‫‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻲ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ <‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ <‬
‫ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Nokia‬ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ WPA‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‬ ‫‪ WLAN‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ‪ ،(EAP‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ‪ EAP‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ < ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ‪ EAP‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ )ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ؟‬ ‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎءﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ؟‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺟﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ؟‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻗﺪﺭٍ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ <‬
‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ < ﺁﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ <‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ؟‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ < ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎًﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺠﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ .Nokia‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ <‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ < ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ <‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ "ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ( ﻹﻏﻼﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٣‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ،www.nokia.com/werecycle‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪,‬‬
‫‪ ،nokia.mobi/werecycle‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ‪،Bluetooth‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪.www.nokia.com/ecodeclaration‬‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ‪ Nokia‬ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪) We:recycle‬ﻧﺤﻦ‪:‬ﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ(‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪.www.nokia.com/ecodeclaration‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺸﺔ( ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗُﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﻲ ‪ .BP-4L‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪ Nokia‬ﻃُﺮﺯًﺍ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔً ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ٥٩‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ‪ ٧٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻠّﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ .AC-8, AC-10‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻞ ﺃﺩﺍء‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،E :‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،EB‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،X‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،AR‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،U‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ ،A‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،C‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،K‬ﺃﻭ ‪.UB‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻨﺎء ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ )‪ (+‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ )‪ (-‬ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎء‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ (.‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺟﺎﻓًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺒﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺠﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ؛‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻐﺒﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨًﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻭِّﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺜﻘﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻤﺰﻗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻼﻣﺲ ﺟﻠﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻠﻔﺎً‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻤﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗُﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻬﺰﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﺴﺮ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺧﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻐﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﻰء ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗُﻄْﻞِ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻄﻼء ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻨﻊ‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪-‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺐ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺻﻄﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻔﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻼً ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪًﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻣﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﺍءٍ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲّ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ RF‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ٢.٢‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٨/٧‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻨﻄﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮًﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺰﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ www.nokia.com/werecycle‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.nokia.mobi/werecycle‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤـﺎﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣُﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﺎﻝٍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ RF‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻐﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.RF‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻣُﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ١٥٫٣‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮًﺍ )‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭًﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺭﻭﻉ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻴﺪًﺍ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺅﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺮﺝ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ ١٥٫٣‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻌـﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻲ ﻣﺰﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺠﺮﺍﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻳُﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺼﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺠﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ RF‬ﺳﻠﺒًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﻨﺼﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪١٣٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒًﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺌًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﺼﻨﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﻪِ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ )‪(SAR‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺈﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﻯء ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻗِﺒَﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ‪ ICNIRP‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺔً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ‪ Specific Absorption Rate‬ﺃﻭ )‪ .(SAR‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟـ ‪ SAR‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒَﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ICNIRP‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ٢٫٠‬ﻭﺍﻁ‪/‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ SAR‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ SAR‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻌﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻗﺮﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟـ ‪ SAR‬ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ICNIRP‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻫﻲ ‪ ١٫٣١‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺠﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪SAR‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ SAR‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ SAR‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪.www.nokia.com‬‬
‫‪١٤٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪١٢٤ ,٥٤ MAC‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃ‬ ‫‪) MMS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ( ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٨٠٢.١x‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٢٥‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺔ‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١١٨‬‬
‫‪٢٢ Ovi by Nokia‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٦٦‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪٢١ Ovi Suite‬‬ ‫‪٥٦ ,٥٥‬‬ ‫‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪١٠٣ FM‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫‪SIP‬‬ ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫‪DLNA‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪١٢٧‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪EAP‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪١٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪١٢٦ EAP‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٢٧‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪١٢٦‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ‪١٣٤‬‬ ‫‪) SMS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ( ‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ‪٩٣‬‬ ‫‪W‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪٤٨‬‬ ‫‪GPRS‬‬
‫‪WEP‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٥٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪٥٦‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪٧٢‬‬
‫‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪٥٦‬‬ ‫‪) GPS‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ( ‪٧٠‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٢٤ ,٥٤‬‬ ‫‪) GPS‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ( ‪,٧٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ‪٥٧‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪٧١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪٥٥‬‬
‫‪١٤١‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٥٥‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٢٥ ٨٠٢.١x‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٢٦ WPA‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ‪٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪٥٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪٥٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ‪١١٤ ,٥٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪١١٨ SIM‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪٥٨‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٤‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪١٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪٦٢‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪٥٢‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ‪٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎء ‪٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ‪١١٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ‪٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪٣٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪٥٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪١٠٠ Nokia Ovi Player‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪١١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١١١ ,١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪١٢٩ ,٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪١٣١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ‪٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪٦٢‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪٤٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪٦٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ‪٣٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ ‪٩٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ‪٩١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪٧٤‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ‪٩١‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٩١‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫‪١٤٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪٨٠‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ‪١١٤ ,٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪٧٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ‪٧٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪٧٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻕ ‪٨٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ‪٧٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ‪٧٥‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪٤٦ SIM‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪٧٨‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪٧٦‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ‪٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ‪٧٨‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ‪٧٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ‪٨١ ,٨٠‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪٥٥ Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ‪٧٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍء ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ‪٧٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ‪٨١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ‪٨٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪٨١ ,٧٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ‪٧٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪٧٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ )‪(VPN‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ‪٨١‬‬
‫)‪١٢٤ (WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ‪٦١‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ‪١٢٦ EAP‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ‪١٤‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪١٠٣ FM‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ ‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺄﺓ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٣٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١٢٥ WEP‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٢٢ ,١٢١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪١٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪٣١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪٣٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ‪٤٠ ,٣٩‬‬
‫‪١٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪٤٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪٦٢‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪١٢٨‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ‪٣٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺮ ‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪٦٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐّﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ‪٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٨٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪٨٨‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪٨٧‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٨٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٩٠‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٨٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ‪٤٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪١٧ ,١٦‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪٦٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ‪١٠٦‬‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ‪١٠٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪٦٢ ,٦٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪٦١ ,٦٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ‪١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٢ ,١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪١٢ ,١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ ‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪١٢ ,١١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ‪٩٧‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪٩٧‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺕ ‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ‪٩٧‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪٩٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ‪٩٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ‪١٧‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪٩٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻼﺕ ‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ‪٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ‪٩٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ‪٩٩‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪١٤٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٩٩‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪١١٤ ,٥٤‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺻﻮﺕ ‪١٠١‬‬
‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١١١ Java‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١١١ Symbian‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪١١١‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ‪١٩‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺵ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪٩٦ PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪٥٢ (WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪) WLAN‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ‪١١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ( ‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ‪١٢٨‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ‪٤٣‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٢٤‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪٣١‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪١٣ IMEI‬‬ ‫ﺥ‬
‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪١٧ pin‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪١١٨‬‬
‫‪١٢٤ GPRS‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪UPIN‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫‪١٢٧ SIP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻢ ‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢٤ ,١٢٣ ,٥٤ WLAN‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٠٦ ,١٣‬‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪١١١ JME Java‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺔ ‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ‪١١٨ ,١٠٦ ,١٧ ,١٣‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪١٠٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ‪١١٩‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ‪١٣ PIN‬‬ ‫ﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ‪١٣ PUK‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٦١‬‬
‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٢٨‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ‪٤٩‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪١٢٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ‪١٠٩‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪٨٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٩٦‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٥٨ USB‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٢٠‬‬
‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ‪٤٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪١١٩‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪١٢٤‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ‪٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٢٥ WEP‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪١٢٥ WLAN‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ ‪٤٦‬‬
‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪٢٢ Ovi‬‬ ‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪١٠٢ RealPlayer‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ‪١١٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١٠٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ‪٦٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪٣٨‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ ‪٦١‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١١١‬‬
‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪١٢٣‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪١١٠‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ‪٦٨ PDF‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٢٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٦٦‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪٤٤‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪٥١‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪١٠٦‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ‪١١٨ ,٢٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪٣٧‬‬ ‫‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪٧٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪١٠٦‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٢٦ WPA‬‬ ‫‪١٤٦‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪RealPlayer‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺾ ‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ‪١٠١‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١٠٢‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪١٠٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٢١ ,٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٣٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ )‪(VPN‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪١٢٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ)‪٥٣ (IAP‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪١٠١‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪٧٠‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪١٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪٧٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪١١ Nokia‬‬
‫ﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪١١‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ‪١١‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ‪١٢٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١٢٥ WEP‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪١٠٠ Ovi‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Navi‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫)‪٧٠ (A-GPS‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٩١‬‬
‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪(A-GPS‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ‪٣٦‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٠١‬‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ‪١٠٢‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ‪٢٠‬‬

Nokia E72 UG Ar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nokia E72 UG Ar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia E72‬‬

‫© ‪ Nokia 2011‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫‪/‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪AR 5.1‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪١٠٤........................................................................Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪٧٥................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪١٣١............................‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪١٣٥....................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬

‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪IMEI‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬

‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣُﺪﺧﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺤﻦ ‪ ،USB‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ — 12‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ — 2‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪Ovi‬‬ ‫‪ .٥‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia E72‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia E72‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia E72‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia E72‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻸﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺠﻞ‬

‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Quickoffice‬ﻣﻦ ‪ Quickword‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺜﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ‬